From e43e0e06b17788709d2919618efef3cefeae9e40 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Patrick Uiterwijk Date: Wed, 16 Aug 2017 17:39:23 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Move SSH setup to its own role Signed-off-by: Patrick Uiterwijk --- roles/base/handlers/main.yml | 3 - roles/base/tasks/main.yml | 46 +- roles/basessh/README | 4 + roles/basessh/files/ansible-pub-key | 1 + roles/basessh/files/blacklist-cdc_ether.conf | 1 + .../common-scripts/conditional-reload.sh | 26 + .../common-scripts/conditional-restart.sh | 20 + .../files/common-scripts/hardware-reinstall | 228 ++++++ .../basessh/files/common-scripts/lock-wrapper | 41 + roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/nag-once | 108 +++ .../files/common-scripts/needs-reboot.py | 36 + .../proxy-conditional-reload.sh | 25 + .../basessh/files/common-scripts/syncFiles.sh | 50 ++ roles/basessh/files/digicert-intermediate.pem | 29 + roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../postfix/main.cf/main.cf.209.132.184.113 | 686 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.collab03.fedoraproject.org | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.copr | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.gateway | 747 ++++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.hosted-lists01.fedoraproject.org | 689 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.hosted03.fedoraproject.org | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.hosted04.fedoraproject.org | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.jenkins.fedorainfracloud.org | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.kojibuilder | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org | 694 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf.lists-dev.fedorainfracloud.org | 693 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman | 696 ++++++++++++++++ ...in.cf.mailman01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org | 694 ++++++++++++++++ .../main.cf/main.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org | 698 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.norelay | 686 ++++++++++++++++ .../postfix/main.cf/main.cf.openstack-compute | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx2 | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.rdu | 686 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.releng | 686 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.sign | 686 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.smtp-mm | 741 +++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.staging | 687 ++++++++++++++++ ...main.cf.upstreamfirst.fedorainfracloud.org | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn | 687 ++++++++++++++++ .../files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure | 690 ++++++++++++++++ .../postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure-stg | 690 ++++++++++++++++ .../basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf | 96 +++ .../files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.gateway | 96 +++ .../master.cf/master.cf.hosted-lists01 | 97 +++ .../files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.mailman | 102 +++ .../master.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org | 97 +++ roles/basessh/files/postfix/tls_policy | 0 .../basessh/files/postfix/transports.gateway | 33 + .../basessh/files/postfix/transports.mm-smtp | 5 + .../transports.noc02.fedoraproject.org | 30 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/cloud | 4 + .../cloud-noc01.cloud.fedoraproject.org | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/coloamer | 4 + .../files/resolv.conf/dedicatedsolutions | 4 + .../fed-cloud09.cloud.fedoraproject.org | 4 + .../files/resolv.conf/fedorainfracloud | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/host1plus | 5 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/ibiblio | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/internetx | 4 + .../basessh/files/resolv.conf/jenkins-master | 3 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/jenkins-slave | 3 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/kojibuilder | 6 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/osuosl | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/phx2 | 6 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/qa | 6 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/rdu | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/resolv.conf | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/serverbeach | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/staging | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/telia | 4 + roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/tummy | 4 + roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/merged-rsyslog | 11 + .../basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-audit.conf | 13 + .../files/rsyslog/rsyslog-disablerate.conf | 3 + .../basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-limits.conf | 2 + roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log01 | 4 + .../files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log01-nolocal4 | 4 + roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log02 | 4 + .../files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log02-nolocal4 | 4 + .../files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.default | 89 +++ roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.el6 | 80 ++ roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.f20 | 91 +++ .../rsyslog.conf.log01.phx2.fedoraproject.org | 215 +++++ roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.pp | Bin 0 -> 7609 bytes roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.te | 12 + roles/basessh/files/setprodps1.sh | 3 + roles/basessh/files/setstgps1.sh | 3 + .../{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.7 | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.buildhw | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.default | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.el6 | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.kojibuilder | 0 .../sshd_config.noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.pkgs | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-prod | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-stg | 0 .../files/ssh/sshd_config.releng | 0 roles/basessh/files/syncHttpLogs.sh | 92 +++ roles/basessh/files/watchdog.conf | 3 + roles/basessh/handlers/main.yml | 3 + .../sshcerts.yml => basessh/tasks/main.yml} | 41 + 102 files changed, 21287 insertions(+), 46 deletions(-) create mode 100644 roles/basessh/README create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/ansible-pub-key create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/blacklist-cdc_ether.conf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-reload.sh create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-restart.sh create mode 100755 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/hardware-reinstall create mode 100755 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/lock-wrapper create mode 100755 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/nag-once create mode 100755 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/needs-reboot.py create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/proxy-conditional-reload.sh create mode 100755 roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/syncFiles.sh create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/digicert-intermediate.pem create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.209.132.184.113 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.collab03.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.copr create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.gateway create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted-lists01.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted03.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted04.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.jenkins.fedorainfracloud.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.kojibuilder create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.fedorainfracloud.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.norelay create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.openstack-compute create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx2 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.rdu create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.releng create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.sign create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.smtp-mm create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.staging create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.upstreamfirst.fedorainfracloud.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure-stg create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.gateway create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.hosted-lists01 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.mailman create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/tls_policy create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/transports.gateway create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/transports.mm-smtp create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/postfix/transports.noc02.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/cloud create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/cloud-noc01.cloud.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/coloamer create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/dedicatedsolutions create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/fed-cloud09.cloud.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/fedorainfracloud create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/host1plus create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/ibiblio create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/internetx create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/jenkins-master create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/jenkins-slave create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/kojibuilder create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/osuosl create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/phx2 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/qa create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/rdu create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/resolv.conf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/serverbeach create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/staging create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/telia create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/resolv.conf/tummy create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/merged-rsyslog create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-audit.conf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-disablerate.conf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-limits.conf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log01 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log01-nolocal4 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log02 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog-log02-nolocal4 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.default create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.el6 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.f20 create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/rsyslog/rsyslog.conf.log01.phx2.fedoraproject.org create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.pp create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.te create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/setprodps1.sh create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/setstgps1.sh rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.7 (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.buildhw (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.default (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.el6 (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.kojibuilder (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.pkgs (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-prod (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-stg (100%) rename roles/{base => basessh}/files/ssh/sshd_config.releng (100%) create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/syncHttpLogs.sh create mode 100644 roles/basessh/files/watchdog.conf create mode 100644 roles/basessh/handlers/main.yml rename roles/{base/tasks/sshcerts.yml => basessh/tasks/main.yml} (72%) diff --git a/roles/base/handlers/main.yml b/roles/base/handlers/main.yml index 5852fa8b7f..bf3b26f2c0 100644 --- a/roles/base/handlers/main.yml +++ b/roles/base/handlers/main.yml @@ -24,9 +24,6 @@ - name: restart rsyslog service: name=rsyslog state=restarted -- name: restart sshd - service: name=sshd state=restarted - - name: restart watchdog service: name=watchdog state=restarted diff --git a/roles/base/tasks/main.yml b/roles/base/tasks/main.yml index d486885a41..80897d55f4 100644 --- a/roles/base/tasks/main.yml +++ b/roles/base/tasks/main.yml @@ -104,52 +104,12 @@ - base when: ansible_distribution_major_version|int > 21 and ansible_cmdline.ostree is not defined +- name: Set up SSH + include_role: basessh + - name: make sure hostname is set right on rhel7 hosts hostname: name="{{inventory_hostname}}" -- name: check if sshd port is already known by selinux - shell: semanage port -l | grep ssh - register: sshd_selinux_port - check_mode: no - changed_when: false - tags: - - sshd_config - - config - - sshd - - selinux - - base - -- name: allow alternate sshd port - command: semanage port -a -t ssh_port_t -p tcp {{ sshd_port }} - when: sshd_selinux_port.stdout.find('{{ sshd_port }}') == -1 - tags: - - sshd_config - - config - - sshd - - selinux - - base - -- name: Set up SSH certificates - include: sshcerts.yml - -- name: sshd_config - copy: src={{ item }} dest=/etc/ssh/sshd_config mode=0600 - with_first_found: - - "{{ sshd_config }}" - - ssh/sshd_config.{{ inventory_hostname }} - - ssh/sshd_config.{{ host_group }} - - ssh/sshd_config.{{ dist_tag }} - - ssh/sshd_config.{{ ansible_distribution }} - - ssh/sshd_config.{{ ansible_distribution_version }} - - ssh/sshd_config.default - notify: - - restart sshd - tags: - - sshd_config - - config - - sshd - - base - - name: set root passwd user: name=root password={{ rootpw }} state=present tags: diff --git a/roles/basessh/README b/roles/basessh/README new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..317ef0414b --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/README @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +This role is the base setup for all our machines. + +If there's something that shouldn't be run on every single +machine, it should be in another role. diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/ansible-pub-key b/roles/basessh/files/ansible-pub-key new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..49c8e00206 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/ansible-pub-key @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAmS3g5fSXizcCqKMI1n5WPFrfMyu7BMrMkMYyck07rB/cf2orO8kKj5schjILA8NYJFStlv2CGRXmQlendj523FPzPmzxvTP/OT4qdywa4LKGvAxOkRGCMMxWzVFLdEMzsLUE/+FLX+xd1US9UPLGRsbMkdz4ORCc0G8gqTr835H56mQPI+/zPFeQjHoHGYtQA1wnJH/0LCuFFfU82IfzrXzFDIBAA5i2S+eEOk7/SA4Ciek1CthNtqPX27M6UqkJMBmVpnAdeDz2noWMvlzAAUQ7dHL84CiXbUnF3hhYrHDbmD+kEK+KiRrYh3PT+5YfEPVI/xiDJ2fdHGxY7Dr2TQ== root@lockbox01.phx2.fedoraproject.org diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/blacklist-cdc_ether.conf b/roles/basessh/files/blacklist-cdc_ether.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..415db63935 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/blacklist-cdc_ether.conf @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +blacklist cdc_ether diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-reload.sh b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-reload.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..988a08b056 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-reload.sh @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# reload SERVICE only if PACKAGE is installed. +# We use this throughout handlers/restart_services.yml + +SERVICE=$1 +PACKAGE=$2 + +rpm -q $PACKAGE + +INSTALLED=$? + +if [ $INSTALLED -eq 0 ]; then + echo "Checking if $SERVICE is running" + /sbin/service $SERVICE status >& /dev/null + if [ $? == 0 ]; then + echo "Package $PACKAGE installed and running. Attempting reload of $SERVICE." + /sbin/service $SERVICE reload + exit $? # Exit with the /sbin/service status code + fi + echo "Package $PACKAGE is install, but $SERVICE is not running, skipping..." + exit 0 +fi + +# If the package wasn't installed, then pretend everything is fine. +echo "Package $PACKAGE not installed. Skipping reload of $SERVICE." +exit 0 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-restart.sh b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-restart.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f95ef741d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/conditional-restart.sh @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# Restart SERVICE only if PACKAGE is installed. +# We use this throughout handlers/restart_services.yml + +SERVICE=$1 +PACKAGE=$2 + +rpm -q $PACKAGE + +INSTALLED=$? + +if [ $INSTALLED -eq 0 ]; then + echo "Package $PACKAGE installed. Attempting restart of $SERVICE." + /sbin/service $SERVICE restart + exit $? # Exit with the /sbin/service status code +fi + +# If the package wasn't installed, then pretend everything is fine. +echo "Package $PACKAGE not installed. Skipping restart of $SERVICE." +exit 0 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/hardware-reinstall b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/hardware-reinstall new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..794be0215f --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/hardware-reinstall @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +#!/usr/bin/env python +# hardware-reinstall - Prepare a physical box in FI for re-install. +# (c) 2012 Red Hat, Inc. +# Ricky Elrod +# GPLv2+ + +import os +import sys +import urllib +import socket +import subprocess +import shlex +import platform +from optparse import OptionParser + +parser = OptionParser( + description='Prepare a physical box in FI for re-install.') +parser.add_option('-n', + '--noop', + action='store_true', + help="Don't actually modify/download anything, just " + "output stuff.") +parser.add_option('-y', + '--yes', + action='store_true', + default=False, + dest="yes", + help="Don't prompt to confirm, just do it.") +parser.add_option('--ip', + help="Override the IP of the box (passed to Grubby)") +parser.add_option('--gw', + help="Override the Gateway of the box (passed to Grubby)", + dest='gateway') +parser.add_option('--nm', + help="Override the Netmask of the box (passed to Grubby)", + dest='netmask') +parser.add_option('--dns', + help="Comma-delimited list of DNS resolvers (passed to " + "Grubby)", + dest='dns_resolvers') +parser.add_option('--ks-file', + help="Set the kickstart file to use (default:" + "hardware-rhel-6-nohd)", + default='hardware-rhel-6-nohd', + dest='ks_file') +(options, args) = parser.parse_args() + +if options.yes and options.noop: + print "Don't ask AND don't do anything? Cmon" + sys.exit(1) + +# 0. Get our hostname/primary ip +# Get our primary IP by resolving our hostname. +if options.ip: + if not options.netmask: + print 'You gave a custom IP and should specify a custom netmask too.' + sys.exit(1) + primary_ip = options.ip +else: + primary_ip = socket.gethostbyname(socket.gethostname()) + +# so - anaconda sometimes doesn't seem to listen to our dns +# when fetching kickstarts, etc - so if we give the ip of the host +# if we're in 10.5.X network (phx2) then things just work. +if primary_ip.startswith('10.5.'): + basehost = "http://10.5.126.23/" +else: + basehost = "http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/" + +arch = platform.machine() +VMLINUZ_URL = '%srepo/rhel/RHEL6-%s/images/pxeboot/vmlinuz' % (basehost, arch) +INITRD_URL = '%srepo/rhel/RHEL6-%s/images/pxeboot/initrd.img' % (basehost, + arch) + +# 1. Grab initrd and vmlinuz and throw them in /boot +# FIXME - more error catching here +if not options.noop: + print 'Fetching vmlinuz' + urllib.urlretrieve(VMLINUZ_URL, "/boot/vmlinuz-install") + + print 'Fetching initrd' + urllib.urlretrieve(INITRD_URL, "/boot/initrd-install.img") + + +# 2. Find our network info. +if options.netmask: + primary_netmask = options.netmask + +# We still have to get the MAC address, of the primary NIC +# even if we specify a custom IP/NM. +cmd = subprocess.Popen('/sbin/ifconfig', stdout=subprocess.PIPE) +stdout = cmd.communicate()[0] +i = 0 +lines = stdout.split("\n") +for line in lines: + if socket.gethostbyname(socket.gethostname()) in line: + # Somewhere between EL6 and F17, ifconfig output has changed. + # We accommodate for both. + if ':' in line: + # We are EL6 + if not options.netmask: + # inet addr:10.5.127.51 Bcast:10.5.127.255 Mask:255.255.255.0 + primary_netmask = line.split('Mask:')[1] + + # On EL6 MAC addr is always one line before the IP address line + primary_mac = lines[i - 1].split('HWaddr ')[1] + else: + # We are likely something newer + if not options.netmask: + # inet 10.10.10.113 netmask 255.255.255.0 broadcast + # 10.10.10.255 # (cont. from above comment) + primary_netmask = line.split('netmask ')[1].split(' ')[0] + + # On newer things, life gets harder. We have to continue + # parsing lines until we get one with 'ether ' in it. + # The range is the line we're on now -> the last line. + for y in xrange(i, len(lines) - 1): + if 'ether ' in lines[y]: + primary_mac = lines[y].split('ether ')[1].split(' ')[0] + break + break + i += 1 + +# Gateway +if options.gateway: + primary_gateway = options.gateway +else: + cmd = subprocess.Popen(['/sbin/ip', 'route'], stdout=subprocess.PIPE) + stdout = cmd.communicate()[0] + for line in stdout.split("\n"): + if 'default' in line: + # default via 10.10.10.1 dev wlan0 proto static + primary_gateway = line.split('via ')[1].split(' ')[0] + break + +# And DNS servers +if options.dns_resolvers: + dns_resolvers = options.dns_resolvers +else: + dns_servers = [] + with open('/etc/resolv.conf', 'r') as f: + for line in f.readlines(): + if 'nameserver' in line: + dns = line.split(' ') + if len(dns) == 2: + dns_servers.append(dns[1].strip()) + dns_resolvers = ','.join(dns_servers) + +print '-' * 30 +print 'Primary IP: ' + primary_ip +print 'Primary Netmask: ' + primary_netmask +print 'Primary Gateway: ' + primary_gateway +print 'Primary MAC Address: ' + primary_mac +print 'DNS Resolvers: ' + dns_resolvers +print '-' * 30 + +# 3. Construct the grubby line. +# grubby --add-kernel=/boot/vmlinuz-install \ +# --args="ks=http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/\ +# repo/rhel/ks/hardware-rhel-6-nohd \ +# repo=http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/repo/rhel/RHEL6-x86_64/ \ +# ksdevice=link ip=$IP gateway=$GATEWAY netmask=$NETMASK dns=$DNS" \ +# --title="install el6" --initrd=/boot/initrd-install.img +grubby_command = '/sbin/grubby --add-kernel=/boot/vmlinuz-install ' \ + '--args="ks=%srepo/rhel/ks/%s ksdevice=%s ' \ + 'ip=%s gateway=%s netmask=%s dns=%s repo=%srepo/rhel/RHEL6-x86_64/" ' \ + '--title="install el6" --initrd=/boot/initrd-install.img' % (basehost, + options.ks_file, + primary_mac, + primary_ip, + primary_gateway, + primary_netmask, + dns_resolvers, + basehost) + +print 'This grubby command seems like it will work:' +print '-' * 30 +print grubby_command +print '-' * 30 +print 'Check the command and be sure that it looks correct.' + +if not options.noop: + if not options.yes: + print 'Type yes to continue, anything else to abort.' + print 'By continuing, I will run the above command.' + if raw_input('> ') != 'yes': + print 'Removing downloaded files.' + os.unlink('/boot/vmlinuz-install') + os.unlink('/boot/initrd-install.img') + print 'Aborting.' + sys.exit(1) + + cmd = subprocess.Popen(shlex.split(grubby_command), + stdout=subprocess.PIPE, + stderr=subprocess.PIPE) + stdout, stderr = cmd.communicate() + if stdout: + print stdout + if stderr: + print "[STDERR output]" + print stderr + + if not options.yes: + raw_input( + 'Examine the above output, if it looks sane, press enter to ' + 'continue.') +print 'The next command I will run is:' +print 'echo "savedefault --default=0 --once" | grub --batch' + +if not options.noop: + cmd = subprocess.Popen(['/sbin/grub', '--batch'], + stdin=subprocess.PIPE, + stdout=subprocess.PIPE, + stderr=subprocess.STDOUT) + stdout = cmd.communicate(input='savedefault --default=0 --once\n') + print stdout[0] + +print 'Done.' +print 'When you are ready, run: `shutdown -r now` to reboot.' +print 'Go here:' +print 'http://infrastructure.fedoraproject.org/infra/docs/kickstarts.txt' +print 'And control-f for "Installation" (no quotes). Continue from there.' + +if options.noop: + print '-' * 30 + print 'Script was run in "no-op" mode - none of the above commands ' \ + 'actually ran.' + print '-' * 30 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/lock-wrapper b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/lock-wrapper new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..f990f635eb --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/lock-wrapper @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +if [ $# -lt 2 ]; then + echo "Usage: $0 [name] [script]" + exit 1; +fi + +NAME=$1 +SCRIPT=$2 + +LOCKDIR="/var/tmp/$NAME" +PIDFILE="$LOCKDIR/pid" + +function cleanup { + rm -rf "$LOCKDIR" +} + +RESTORE_UMASK=$(umask -p) +umask 0077 +if ! mkdir "$LOCKDIR"; then + echo "$LOCKDIR already exists" + PID=$(cat "$PIDFILE") + if [ -n "$PID" ] && /bin/ps $PID > /dev/null + then + echo "$PID is still running" + /bin/ps -o user,pid,start,time,comm $PID + exit 1; + else + echo "$LOCKDIR exists but $PID is dead" + echo "Removing lockdir and re-running" + /bin/rm -rf $LOCKDIR + mkdir $LOCKDIR || exit + fi +fi + +trap cleanup EXIT SIGQUIT SIGHUP SIGTERM +echo $$ > "$PIDFILE" + +$RESTORE_UMASK +eval "$SCRIPT" + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/nag-once b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/nag-once new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..992023cacf --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/nag-once @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +#!/usr/bin/python -tt +# nag once +# take stdin and arguments: commandid time-to-ignore-same-output +# if we encounter any kind of error just output whatever we're given +# and prepend our own errors +# so we don't hurt things any worse :) +# copyright (c) 2011 Red Hat, inc +# gpl v2 blah blah +# skvidal - skvidal@fedoraproject.org + +import tempfile +import sys +import time +import os +import stat +import glob + + +def translate_tti(tti): + # translate 1w, 2d, 3d, 1m, 2h, 55m etc to seconds here + + if tti is None: + return None + + seconds_per_unit = {"s": 1, "m": 60, "h": 3600, "d": 86400, "w": 604800,} + if tti.isdigit():# just seconds + return int(tti) + return int(tti[:-1]) * seconds_per_unit[tti[-1]] + + + +def get_cmdid_dir(cmdid): + """return a path to a valid and safe cachedir""" + tmpdir="/var/tmp" + prefix = "nag-once:" + cmdid + "#" + dirpath = '%s/%s*' % (tmpdir, prefix) + cachedirs = sorted(glob.glob(dirpath)) + for thisdir in cachedirs: + stats = os.lstat(thisdir) + if stat.S_ISDIR(stats[0]) and stat.S_IMODE(stats[0]) == 448 and stats[4] == os.getuid(): + return thisdir + + # make the dir (tempfile.mkdtemp()) + cachedir = tempfile.mkdtemp(prefix=prefix, dir=tmpdir) + return cachedir + + + +def main(): + + if len(sys.argv) < 2: + raise Exception("Usage: nag-once cmdid [time-to-ignore]") + + cmdid = sys.argv[1] + # go through and remove stupid shit from cmdid + cmdid = cmdid.replace('/', '') + cmdid = cmdid.replace('#', '') + cmdid = cmdid.replace('..', '') + cmdid = cmdid.replace(';', '') + cmdid = cmdid.replace('|', '') + cmdid = cmdid.replace('&', '') + cmdid = cmdid.replace('\\', '') + + now = time.time() + tti = None + if len(sys.argv) > 2: + tti = sys.argv[2] + + tti = translate_tti(tti) + + # make up or find our tempdir + mydir = get_cmdid_dir(cmdid) + + old_output = None + old_date = 0 + if os.path.exists(mydir + '/output'): + old_output = open(mydir + '/output').read() + old_date = os.lstat(mydir + '/output')[stat.ST_MTIME] + + # take from stdin + # + theinput = sys.stdin.read() + try: + # at this point we have to handle any outputs more ourself b/c we've just read + # out of sys.stdin :( + + if theinput != old_output or (tti and now - old_date > tti): + if theinput.strip(): # if there is nothing here, don't output and don't drop a \n on the end of it + print theinput, + fo = open(mydir + '/output', 'w') + fo.write(theinput) + fo.flush() + fo.close() + + + except Exception, e: + print >> sys.stderr, e + print >> sys.stderr, theinput + +if __name__ == '__main__': + try: + main() + except Exception, e: + print >> sys.stderr, e + if not sys.stdin.isatty(): + print >> sys.stderr, sys.stdin.read() + + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/needs-reboot.py b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/needs-reboot.py new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..a39c9ea788 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/needs-reboot.py @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +#!/usr/bin/python -tt + +import yum +import sys +import time +import fnmatch + +result = 0 +now = time.time() +uptime = float(open('/proc/uptime', 'r').read().split()[0]) + +rebootcausers = ('glibc', 'kernel*') + +my = yum.YumBase() +my.preconf.init_plugins=False +my.preconf.debuglevel=1 +my.preconf.errorlevel=1 +pkgs = my.rpmdb.returnPackages(patterns=rebootcausers) + +does='no' +for pkg in pkgs: + if (now - pkg.installtime) < uptime: + does='yes' + break + +if len(sys.argv) > 1 and sys.argv[1] == 'after-updates': + for (n, a, e, v, r) in my.up.getUpdatesList(): + for i in rebootcausers: + if fnmatch.fnmatch(n, i): + does='yes' + + +print does +sys.exit(0) + + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/proxy-conditional-reload.sh b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/proxy-conditional-reload.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ef600875f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/proxy-conditional-reload.sh @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# reload SERVICE only if PACKAGE is installed. +# We use this throughout handlers/restart_services.yml + +SERVICE=$1 +PACKAGE=$2 + +rpm -q $PACKAGE + +INSTALLED=$? + +if [ ! -f /etc/httpd/ticketkey_*.tkey ]; then + # This host is not configured yet, do not try and restart httpd + exit 0 +fi + +if [ $INSTALLED -eq 0 ]; then + echo "Package $PACKAGE installed. Attempting reload of $SERVICE." + /sbin/service $SERVICE reload + exit $? # Exit with the /sbin/service status code +fi + +# If the package wasn't installed, then pretend everything is fine. +echo "Package $PACKAGE not installed. Skipping reload of $SERVICE." +exit 0 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/syncFiles.sh b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/syncFiles.sh new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..39a2c53de5 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/common-scripts/syncFiles.sh @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#!/bin/bash +# this script lets us sync files off of lockbox via rsync with locking and relatively niceness +# look in rsyncd.conf on lockbox for what's available here + +set +e + +HOST=batcave01 + +function cleanlock() +{ + /bin/rm -f /var/lock/$1.lock +} + + +function quit() +{ + echo $1 + if [ $2 ] + then + cleanlock $2 + fi + exit 2 +} + +function newlock() +{ + if [ -f /var/lock/$1.lock ] + then + quit "Lockfile exists.. Remove /var/lock/$1.lock" + else + touch /var/lock/$1.lock + fi +} + +# General help +if [ $3 ] || [ ! $2 ] +then + quit "$0 source dest" +fi + +lockname=`basename $1` +newlock $lockname +if [ ! -d $2 ] +then + mkdir $2 +fi +/usr/bin/rsync -a $HOST::$1/* $2 +cleanlock $lockname + + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/digicert-intermediate.pem b/roles/basessh/files/digicert-intermediate.pem new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cef3b9327e --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/digicert-intermediate.pem @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- +MIIEsTCCA5mgAwIBAgIQBOHnpNxc8vNtwCtCuF0VnzANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQsFADBs +MQswCQYDVQQGEwJVUzEVMBMGA1UEChMMRGlnaUNlcnQgSW5jMRkwFwYDVQQLExB3 +d3cuZGlnaWNlcnQuY29tMSswKQYDVQQDEyJEaWdpQ2VydCBIaWdoIEFzc3VyYW5j +ZSBFViBSb290IENBMB4XDTEzMTAyMjEyMDAwMFoXDTI4MTAyMjEyMDAwMFowcDEL +MAkGA1UEBhMCVVMxFTATBgNVBAoTDERpZ2lDZXJ0IEluYzEZMBcGA1UECxMQd3d3 +LmRpZ2ljZXJ0LmNvbTEvMC0GA1UEAxMmRGlnaUNlcnQgU0hBMiBIaWdoIEFzc3Vy +YW5jZSBTZXJ2ZXIgQ0EwggEiMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4IBDwAwggEKAoIBAQC2 +4C/CJAbIbQRf1+8KZAayfSImZRauQkCbztyfn3YHPsMwVYcZuU+UDlqUH1VWtMIC +Kq/QmO4LQNfE0DtyyBSe75CxEamu0si4QzrZCwvV1ZX1QK/IHe1NnF9Xt4ZQaJn1 +itrSxwUfqJfJ3KSxgoQtxq2lnMcZgqaFD15EWCo3j/018QsIJzJa9buLnqS9UdAn +4t07QjOjBSjEuyjMmqwrIw14xnvmXnG3Sj4I+4G3FhahnSMSTeXXkgisdaScus0X +sh5ENWV/UyU50RwKmmMbGZJ0aAo3wsJSSMs5WqK24V3B3aAguCGikyZvFEohQcft +bZvySC/zA/WiaJJTL17jAgMBAAGjggFJMIIBRTASBgNVHRMBAf8ECDAGAQH/AgEA +MA4GA1UdDwEB/wQEAwIBhjAdBgNVHSUEFjAUBggrBgEFBQcDAQYIKwYBBQUHAwIw +NAYIKwYBBQUHAQEEKDAmMCQGCCsGAQUFBzABhhhodHRwOi8vb2NzcC5kaWdpY2Vy +dC5jb20wSwYDVR0fBEQwQjBAoD6gPIY6aHR0cDovL2NybDQuZGlnaWNlcnQuY29t +L0RpZ2lDZXJ0SGlnaEFzc3VyYW5jZUVWUm9vdENBLmNybDA9BgNVHSAENjA0MDIG +BFUdIAAwKjAoBggrBgEFBQcCARYcaHR0cHM6Ly93d3cuZGlnaWNlcnQuY29tL0NQ +UzAdBgNVHQ4EFgQUUWj/kK8CB3U8zNllZGKiErhZcjswHwYDVR0jBBgwFoAUsT7D +aQP4v0cB1JgmGggC72NkK8MwDQYJKoZIhvcNAQELBQADggEBABiKlYkD5m3fXPwd +aOpKj4PWUS+Na0QWnqxj9dJubISZi6qBcYRb7TROsLd5kinMLYBq8I4g4Xmk/gNH +E+r1hspZcX30BJZr01lYPf7TMSVcGDiEo+afgv2MW5gxTs14nhr9hctJqvIni5ly +/D6q1UEL2tU2ob8cbkdJf17ZSHwD2f2LSaCYJkJA69aSEaRkCldUxPUd1gJea6zu +xICaEnL6VpPX/78whQYwvwt/Tv9XBZ0k7YXDK/umdaisLRbvfXknsuvCnQsH6qqF +0wGjIChBWUMo0oHjqvbsezt3tkBigAVBRQHvFwY+3sAzm2fTYS5yh+Rp/BIAV0Ae +cPUeybQ= +-----END CERTIFICATE----- + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c8f2706da3 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.209.132.184.113 b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.209.132.184.113 new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..358a8de311 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.209.132.184.113 @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.collab03.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.collab03.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..1fe2b5e088 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.collab03.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myhostname = lists.fedoraproject.org +myorigin = lists.fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = [192.168.0.1] + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/etc/mailman/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + +smtp_host_lookup = dns,native +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.copr b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.copr new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f15bc63d5a --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.copr @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +#relayhost = mx1.redhat.com + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +#masquerade_domains = redhat.com +#masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.gateway b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.gateway new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..c86e5b9c7a --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.gateway @@ -0,0 +1,747 @@ +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# Custom rules + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# The data_directory parameter specifies the location of Postfix-writable +# data files (caches, random numbers). This directory must be owned +# by the mail_owner account (see below). +# +data_directory = /var/lib/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + + +smtp_helo_name = bastion.fedoraproject.org + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost + +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# + +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost , $mydomain, stg.fedoraproject.org, fedorahosted.org +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = +local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipient_maps + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + +mynetworks = localhost.localdomain, localhost, 127.0.0.1, 10.5.124.128/25, 10.5.125.0/24, 10.5.126.0/24, 10.5.127.0/24, 10.5.128.0/24, 10.5.129.0/24, 10.5.130.0/24, 10.5.131.0/24, 10.5.78.0/24, 10.5.79.0/24, 192.168.0.0/16 + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + +relay_domains = $mydestination fedora.phx.redhat.com + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/etc/postfix/package-owner +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + + +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:10.5.126.73:2003 + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +#header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + ddd $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/README_FILES +# Enable IPv4, and IPv6 if supported +#inet_protocols = ipv4 + +# mapping so we know where to go for .redhat.com mail + +transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +local_header_rewrite_clients = static:all + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 + + +## TLS +# enable opportunistic TLS support in the SMTP server +smtpd_use_tls = yes +smtpd_tls_security_level = may +smtpd_tls_auth_only = yes +smtpd_tls_mandatory_protocols = !SSLv2, !SSLv3 +smtpd_tls_mandatory_ciphers = high +smtpd_tls_mandatory_exclude_ciphers = aNULL, MD5, RC4 +#tls_ssl_options = no_ticket, no_compression + +smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1 +smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/pki/tls/certs/gateway.crt +smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/pki/tls/private/gateway.key +smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt +smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s +smtpd_tls_session_cache_database = btree:${queue_directory}/smtpd_scache +smtpd_tls_received_header = yes +smtpd_tls_ask_ccert = yes +smtpd_tls_received_header = yes +tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom +smtpd_tls_eecdh_grade = ultra +tls_eecdh_strong_curve = prime256v1 +tls_eecdh_ultra_curve = secp384r1 +# TLS end +#TLS Client +smtp_tls_fingerprint_digest=sha1 +smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes +smtp_tls_policy_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/tls_policy +smtp_tls_security_level = may +smtp_tls_mandatory_protocols = !SSLv2,!SSLv3 +smtp_tls_mandatory_ciphers = high +smtp_tls_mandatory_exclude_ciphers= aNULL, MD5, RC4 +smtp_tls_loglevel = 1 +smtp_tls_cert_file = /etc/pki/tls/certs/gateway.crt +smtp_tls_key_file = /etc/pki/tls/private/gateway.key +smtp_tls_CAfile = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt + +smtpd_milters = inet:localhost:8891 +milter_default_action = accept +inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted-lists01.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted-lists01.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9f10d76d4a --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted-lists01.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,689 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myhostname = lists.fedorahosted.org +myorigin = lists.fedorahosted.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, fedorahosted.org +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/etc/mailman/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/mailman/mailman3-transport + +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted03.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted03.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..740a9358c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted03.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myhostname = fedorahosted.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, fedorahosted.org +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted04.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted04.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..740a9358c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.hosted04.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myhostname = fedorahosted.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, fedorahosted.org +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +local_recipient_maps = $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.jenkins.fedorainfracloud.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.jenkins.fedorainfracloud.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..293c0c1652 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.jenkins.fedorainfracloud.org @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +#relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.kojibuilder b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.kojibuilder new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9030d252b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.kojibuilder @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dd08f22be9 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,694 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, lists-dev.cloud.fedoraproject.org +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 + + +# Mailman, see MTA.rst +owner_request_special = no +# Mailman is installed from source +transport_maps = hash:/srv/webui/var/data/postfix_lmtp +local_recipient_maps = hash:/srv/webui/var/data/postfix_lmtp +relay_domains = hash:/srv/webui/var/data/postfix_domains diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.fedorainfracloud.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.fedorainfracloud.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..94a1bf8b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.lists-dev.fedorainfracloud.org @@ -0,0 +1,693 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 + + +# Mailman, see MTA.rst +owner_request_special = no +transport_maps = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_lmtp +local_recipient_maps = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_lmtp +relay_domains = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_domains diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..11d1ad0a64 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman @@ -0,0 +1,696 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, + localhost.$mydomain, localhost, + lists.fedoraproject.org, lists.fedorahosted.org +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.phx2.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 + + +# Mailman, see MTA.rst +owner_request_special = no +transport_maps = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_lmtp +local_recipient_maps = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_lmtp +relay_domains = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_domains diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..97f4ecec2c --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.mailman01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,694 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = stg.fedoraproject.org +myorigin = stg.fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, lists.stg.fedoraproject.org, +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.phx2.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +smtp_host_lookup = native,dns + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + +message_size_limit = 20971520 + + +# Mailman, see MTA.rst +owner_request_special = no +transport_maps = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_lmtp +local_recipient_maps = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_lmtp +relay_domains = hash:/var/lib/mailman3/data/postfix_domains diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a0680ed174 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,698 @@ +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# Custom rules + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# The data_directory parameter specifies the location of Postfix-writable +# data files (caches, random numbers). This directory must be owned +# by the mail_owner account (see below). +# +data_directory = /var/lib/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + + +smtp_helo_name = noc02.fedoraproject.org + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost + +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +#relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + ddd $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/README_FILES +# Enable IPv4, and IPv6 if supported +inet_protocols = ipv4 + +# mapping so we know where to go for .redhat.com mail + +transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +local_header_rewrite_clients = static:all + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.norelay b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.norelay new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..85b6947567 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.norelay @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +#relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.openstack-compute b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.openstack-compute new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..293c0c1652 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.openstack-compute @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +#relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..5db2061fb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx2 b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx2 new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d792fd2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.phx2 @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.phx2.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.rdu b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.rdu new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3c260f736 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.rdu @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.releng b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.releng new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..dffe3b9136 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.releng @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = 127.0.0.1 + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.phx2.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.sign b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.sign new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f3c260f736 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.sign @@ -0,0 +1,686 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.smtp-mm b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.smtp-mm new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..ab4668bc53 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.smtp-mm @@ -0,0 +1,741 @@ +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# Custom rules + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# The data_directory parameter specifies the location of Postfix-writable +# data files (caches, random numbers). This directory must be owned +# by the mail_owner account (see below). +# +data_directory = /var/lib/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + + +smtp_helo_name = $myhostname + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost + +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# + +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + +relay_domains = $mydestination lists.fedoraproject.org lists.fedorahosted.org fedorahosted.org + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] + +relayhost = + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + + + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +#header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + ddd $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.5.6/README_FILES +# Enable IPv4, and IPv6 if supported +inet_protocols = all + +# mapping so we know where to go for .redhat.com mail + +transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport + +message_size_limit = 20971520 + +## TLS +# enable opportunistic TLS support in the SMTP server +smtpd_use_tls = yes +smtpd_tls_security_level = may +smtpd_tls_auth_only = yes +smtpd_tls_mandatory_protocols = !SSLv2, !SSLv3 +smtpd_tls_mandatory_ciphers = high +smtpd_tls_mandatory_exclude_ciphers = aNULL, MD5, RC4 +#tls_ssl_options = no_ticket, no_compression + +smtpd_tls_loglevel = 1 +smtpd_tls_cert_file = /etc/pki/tls/certs/gateway.crt +smtpd_tls_key_file = /etc/pki/tls/private/gateway.key +smtpd_tls_CAfile = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt +smtpd_tls_session_cache_timeout = 3600s +smtpd_tls_session_cache_database = btree:${queue_directory}/smtpd_scache +smtpd_tls_received_header = yes +smtpd_tls_ask_ccert = yes +smtpd_tls_received_header = yes +tls_random_source = dev:/dev/urandom +smtpd_tls_eecdh_grade = ultra +tls_eecdh_strong_curve = prime256v1 +tls_eecdh_ultra_curve = secp384r1 +# TLS end +#TLS Client +smtp_tls_fingerprint_digest=sha1 +smtp_tls_note_starttls_offer = yes +smtp_tls_policy_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/tls_policy +smtp_tls_security_level = may +smtp_tls_mandatory_protocols = !SSLv2,!SSLv3 +smtp_tls_mandatory_ciphers = high +smtp_tls_mandatory_exclude_ciphers= aNULL, MD5, RC4 +smtp_tls_loglevel = 1 +smtp_tls_cert_file = /etc/pki/tls/certs/gateway.crt +smtp_tls_key_file = /etc/pki/tls/private/gateway.key +smtp_tls_CAfile = /etc/pki/tls/certs/ca-bundle.crt + +# Deny email from some domains +smtpd_sender_restrictions = hash:/etc/postfix/sender_access diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.staging b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.staging new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..96a7cb6ef0 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.staging @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = stg.fedoraproject.org +myorigin = stg.fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.phx2.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +smtp_host_lookup = native,dns + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + +message_size_limit = 20971520 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.upstreamfirst.fedorainfracloud.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.upstreamfirst.fedorainfracloud.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..293c0c1652 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.upstreamfirst.fedorainfracloud.org @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +#relayhost = bastion + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..109879598e --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn @@ -0,0 +1,687 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = fedoraproject.org +myorigin = fedoraproject.org + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.vpn.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0b09a02032 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = pagure.io +myorigin = pagure.io + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.vpn.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 + +non_smtpd_milters = unix:/var/run/pagure/paguresock +smtpd_milters = unix:/var/run/pagure/paguresock diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure-stg b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure-stg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..95927bf651 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/main.cf/main.cf.vpn.pagure-stg @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +# "false" +# Global Postfix configuration file. This file lists only a subset +# of all parameters. For the syntax, and for a complete parameter +# list, see the postconf(5) manual page (command: "man 5 postconf"). +# +# For common configuration examples, see BASIC_CONFIGURATION_README +# and STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README. To find these documents, use +# the command "postconf html_directory readme_directory", or go to +# http://www.postfix.org/. +# +# For best results, change no more than 2-3 parameters at a time, +# and test if Postfix still works after every change. + +# SOFT BOUNCE +# +# The soft_bounce parameter provides a limited safety net for +# testing. When soft_bounce is enabled, mail will remain queued that +# would otherwise bounce. This parameter disables locally-generated +# bounces, and prevents the SMTP server from rejecting mail permanently +# (by changing 5xx replies into 4xx replies). However, soft_bounce +# is no cure for address rewriting mistakes or mail routing mistakes. +# +#soft_bounce = no + +# LOCAL PATHNAME INFORMATION +# +# The queue_directory specifies the location of the Postfix queue. +# This is also the root directory of Postfix daemons that run chrooted. +# See the files in examples/chroot-setup for setting up Postfix chroot +# environments on different UNIX systems. +# +queue_directory = /var/spool/postfix + +# The command_directory parameter specifies the location of all +# postXXX commands. +# +command_directory = /usr/sbin + +# The daemon_directory parameter specifies the location of all Postfix +# daemon programs (i.e. programs listed in the master.cf file). This +# directory must be owned by root. +# +daemon_directory = /usr/libexec/postfix + +# QUEUE AND PROCESS OWNERSHIP +# +# The mail_owner parameter specifies the owner of the Postfix queue +# and of most Postfix daemon processes. Specify the name of a user +# account THAT DOES NOT SHARE ITS USER OR GROUP ID WITH OTHER ACCOUNTS +# AND THAT OWNS NO OTHER FILES OR PROCESSES ON THE SYSTEM. In +# particular, don't specify nobody or daemon. PLEASE USE A DEDICATED +# USER. +# +mail_owner = postfix + +# The default_privs parameter specifies the default rights used by +# the local delivery agent for delivery to external file or command. +# These rights are used in the absence of a recipient user context. +# DO NOT SPECIFY A PRIVILEGED USER OR THE POSTFIX OWNER. +# +#default_privs = nobody + +# INTERNET HOST AND DOMAIN NAMES +# +# The myhostname parameter specifies the internet hostname of this +# mail system. The default is to use the fully-qualified domain name +# from gethostname(). $myhostname is used as a default value for many +# other configuration parameters. +# +#myhostname = host.domain.tld +#myhostname = virtual.domain.tld + +# The mydomain parameter specifies the local internet domain name. +# The default is to use $myhostname minus the first component. +# $mydomain is used as a default value for many other configuration +# parameters. +# +#mydomain = domain.tld + +# SENDING MAIL +# +# The myorigin parameter specifies the domain that locally-posted +# mail appears to come from. The default is to append $myhostname, +# which is fine for small sites. If you run a domain with multiple +# machines, you should (1) change this to $mydomain and (2) set up +# a domain-wide alias database that aliases each user to +# user@that.users.mailhost. +# +# For the sake of consistency between sender and recipient addresses, +# myorigin also specifies the default domain name that is appended +# to recipient addresses that have no @domain part. +# +#myorigin = $myhostname +#myorigin = $mydomain + +mydomain = stg.pagure.io +myorigin = stg.pagure.io + +# RECEIVING MAIL + +# The inet_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on. By default, +# the software claims all active interfaces on the machine. The +# parameter also controls delivery of mail to user@[ip.address]. +# +# See also the proxy_interfaces parameter, for network addresses that +# are forwarded to us via a proxy or network address translator. +# +# Note: you need to stop/start Postfix when this parameter changes. +# +#inet_interfaces = all +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname +#inet_interfaces = $myhostname, localhost +inet_interfaces = all + +# The proxy_interfaces parameter specifies the network interface +# addresses that this mail system receives mail on by way of a +# proxy or network address translation unit. This setting extends +# the address list specified with the inet_interfaces parameter. +# +# You must specify your proxy/NAT addresses when your system is a +# backup MX host for other domains, otherwise mail delivery loops +# will happen when the primary MX host is down. +# +#proxy_interfaces = +#proxy_interfaces = 1.2.3.4 + +# The mydestination parameter specifies the list of domains that this +# machine considers itself the final destination for. +# +# These domains are routed to the delivery agent specified with the +# local_transport parameter setting. By default, that is the UNIX +# compatible delivery agent that lookups all recipients in /etc/passwd +# and /etc/aliases or their equivalent. +# +# The default is $myhostname + localhost.$mydomain. On a mail domain +# gateway, you should also include $mydomain. +# +# Do not specify the names of virtual domains - those domains are +# specified elsewhere (see VIRTUAL_README). +# +# Do not specify the names of domains that this machine is backup MX +# host for. Specify those names via the relay_domains settings for +# the SMTP server, or use permit_mx_backup if you are lazy (see +# STANDARD_CONFIGURATION_README). +# +# The local machine is always the final destination for mail addressed +# to user@[the.net.work.address] of an interface that the mail system +# receives mail on (see the inet_interfaces parameter). +# +# Specify a list of host or domain names, /file/name or type:table +# patterns, separated by commas and/or whitespace. A /file/name +# pattern is replaced by its contents; a type:table is matched when +# a name matches a lookup key (the right-hand side is ignored). +# Continue long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. +# +# See also below, section "REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS". +# +mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, fedora.redhat.com, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain +#mydestination = $myhostname, localhost.$mydomain, localhost, $mydomain, +# mail.$mydomain, www.$mydomain, ftp.$mydomain + +# REJECTING MAIL FOR UNKNOWN LOCAL USERS +# +# The local_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all names or addresses of users that are local with respect +# to $mydestination, $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown local users. This parameter is defined by default. +# +# To turn off local recipient checking in the SMTP server, specify +# local_recipient_maps = (i.e. empty). +# +# The default setting assumes that you use the default Postfix local +# delivery agent for local delivery. You need to update the +# local_recipient_maps setting if: +# +# - You define $mydestination domain recipients in files other than +# /etc/passwd, /etc/aliases, or the $virtual_alias_maps files. +# For example, you define $mydestination domain recipients in +# the $virtual_mailbox_maps files. +# +# - You redefine the local delivery agent in master.cf. +# +# - You redefine the "local_transport" setting in main.cf. +# +# - You use the "luser_relay", "mailbox_transport", or "fallback_transport" +# feature of the Postfix local delivery agent (see local(8)). +# +# Details are described in the LOCAL_RECIPIENT_README file. +# +# Beware: if the Postfix SMTP server runs chrooted, you probably have +# to access the passwd file via the proxymap service, in order to +# overcome chroot restrictions. The alternative, having a copy of +# the system passwd file in the chroot jail is just not practical. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify a bare username, an @domain.tld +# wild-card, or specify a user@domain.tld address. +# +#local_recipient_maps = unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = proxy:unix:passwd.byname $alias_maps +#local_recipient_maps = + +# The unknown_local_recipient_reject_code specifies the SMTP server +# response code when a recipient domain matches $mydestination or +# ${proxy,inet}_interfaces, while $local_recipient_maps is non-empty +# and the recipient address or address local-part is not found. +# +# The default setting is 550 (reject mail) but it is safer to start +# with 450 (try again later) until you are certain that your +# local_recipient_maps settings are OK. +# +unknown_local_recipient_reject_code = 550 + +# TRUST AND RELAY CONTROL + +# The mynetworks parameter specifies the list of "trusted" SMTP +# clients that have more privileges than "strangers". +# +# In particular, "trusted" SMTP clients are allowed to relay mail +# through Postfix. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions parameter +# in postconf(5). +# +# You can specify the list of "trusted" network addresses by hand +# or you can let Postfix do it for you (which is the default). +# +# By default (mynetworks_style = subnet), Postfix "trusts" SMTP +# clients in the same IP subnetworks as the local machine. +# On Linux, this does works correctly only with interfaces specified +# with the "ifconfig" command. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = class" when Postfix should "trust" SMTP +# clients in the same IP class A/B/C networks as the local machine. +# Don't do this with a dialup site - it would cause Postfix to "trust" +# your entire provider's network. Instead, specify an explicit +# mynetworks list by hand, as described below. +# +# Specify "mynetworks_style = host" when Postfix should "trust" +# only the local machine. +# +#mynetworks_style = class +#mynetworks_style = subnet +#mynetworks_style = host + +# Alternatively, you can specify the mynetworks list by hand, in +# which case Postfix ignores the mynetworks_style setting. +# +# Specify an explicit list of network/netmask patterns, where the +# mask specifies the number of bits in the network part of a host +# address. +# +# You can also specify the absolute pathname of a pattern file instead +# of listing the patterns here. Specify type:table for table-based lookups +# (the value on the table right-hand side is not used). +# +#mynetworks = 168.100.189.0/28, 127.0.0.0/8 +#mynetworks = $config_directory/mynetworks +#mynetworks = hash:/etc/postfix/network_table + + +# The relay_domains parameter restricts what destinations this system will +# relay mail to. See the smtpd_recipient_restrictions description in +# postconf(5) for detailed information. +# +# By default, Postfix relays mail +# - from "trusted" clients (IP address matches $mynetworks) to any destination, +# - from "untrusted" clients to destinations that match $relay_domains or +# subdomains thereof, except addresses with sender-specified routing. +# The default relay_domains value is $mydestination. +# +# In addition to the above, the Postfix SMTP server by default accepts mail +# that Postfix is final destination for: +# - destinations that match $inet_interfaces or $proxy_interfaces, +# - destinations that match $mydestination +# - destinations that match $virtual_alias_domains, +# - destinations that match $virtual_mailbox_domains. +# These destinations do not need to be listed in $relay_domains. +# +# Specify a list of hosts or domains, /file/name patterns or type:name +# lookup tables, separated by commas and/or whitespace. Continue +# long lines by starting the next line with whitespace. A file name +# is replaced by its contents; a type:name table is matched when a +# (parent) domain appears as lookup key. +# +# NOTE: Postfix will not automatically forward mail for domains that +# list this system as their primary or backup MX host. See the +# permit_mx_backup restriction description in postconf(5). +# +#relay_domains = $mydestination + + + +# INTERNET OR INTRANET + +# The relayhost parameter specifies the default host to send mail to +# when no entry is matched in the optional transport(5) table. When +# no relayhost is given, mail is routed directly to the destination. +# +# On an intranet, specify the organizational domain name. If your +# internal DNS uses no MX records, specify the name of the intranet +# gateway host instead. +# +# In the case of SMTP, specify a domain, host, host:port, [host]:port, +# [address] or [address]:port; the form [host] turns off MX lookups. +# +# If you're connected via UUCP, see also the default_transport parameter. +# +#relayhost = $mydomain +#relayhost = [gateway.my.domain] +#relayhost = [mailserver.isp.tld] +#relayhost = uucphost +#relayhost = [an.ip.add.ress] +relayhost = bastion.vpn.fedoraproject.org + + +# REJECTING UNKNOWN RELAY USERS +# +# The relay_recipient_maps parameter specifies optional lookup tables +# with all addresses in the domains that match $relay_domains. +# +# If this parameter is defined, then the SMTP server will reject +# mail for unknown relay users. This feature is off by default. +# +# The right-hand side of the lookup tables is conveniently ignored. +# In the left-hand side, specify an @domain.tld wild-card, or specify +# a user@domain.tld address. +# +#relay_recipient_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/relay_recipients + +# INPUT RATE CONTROL +# +# The in_flow_delay configuration parameter implements mail input +# flow control. This feature is turned on by default, although it +# still needs further development (it's disabled on SCO UNIX due +# to an SCO bug). +# +# A Postfix process will pause for $in_flow_delay seconds before +# accepting a new message, when the message arrival rate exceeds the +# message delivery rate. With the default 100 SMTP server process +# limit, this limits the mail inflow to 100 messages a second more +# than the number of messages delivered per second. +# +# Specify 0 to disable the feature. Valid delays are 0..10. +# +#in_flow_delay = 1s + +# ADDRESS REWRITING +# +# The ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document gives information about +# address masquerading or other forms of address rewriting including +# username->Firstname.Lastname mapping. + +masquerade_domains = redhat.com +masquerade_exceptions = root apache + +# ADDRESS REDIRECTION (VIRTUAL DOMAIN) +# +# The VIRTUAL_README document gives information about the many forms +# of domain hosting that Postfix supports. + +# "USER HAS MOVED" BOUNCE MESSAGES +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# TRANSPORT MAP +# +# See the discussion in the ADDRESS_REWRITING_README document. + +# ALIAS DATABASE +# +# The alias_maps parameter specifies the list of alias databases used +# by the local delivery agent. The default list is system dependent. +# +# On systems with NIS, the default is to search the local alias +# database, then the NIS alias database. See aliases(5) for syntax +# details. +# +# If you change the alias database, run "postalias /etc/aliases" (or +# wherever your system stores the mail alias file), or simply run +# "newaliases" to build the necessary DBM or DB file. +# +# It will take a minute or so before changes become visible. Use +# "postfix reload" to eliminate the delay. +# +#alias_maps = dbm:/etc/aliases +alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_maps = hash:/etc/aliases, nis:mail.aliases +#alias_maps = netinfo:/aliases + +# The alias_database parameter specifies the alias database(s) that +# are built with "newaliases" or "sendmail -bi". This is a separate +# configuration parameter, because alias_maps (see above) may specify +# tables that are not necessarily all under control by Postfix. +# +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = dbm:/etc/mail/aliases +alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases +#alias_database = hash:/etc/aliases, hash:/opt/majordomo/aliases + +# ADDRESS EXTENSIONS (e.g., user+foo) +# +# The recipient_delimiter parameter specifies the separator between +# user names and address extensions (user+foo). See canonical(5), +# local(8), relocated(5) and virtual(5) for the effects this has on +# aliases, canonical, virtual, relocated and .forward file lookups. +# Basically, the software tries user+foo and .forward+foo before +# trying user and .forward. +# +recipient_delimiter = + + +# DELIVERY TO MAILBOX +# +# The home_mailbox parameter specifies the optional pathname of a +# mailbox file relative to a user's home directory. The default +# mailbox file is /var/spool/mail/user or /var/mail/user. Specify +# "Maildir/" for qmail-style delivery (the / is required). +# +#home_mailbox = Mailbox +#home_mailbox = Maildir/ + +# The mail_spool_directory parameter specifies the directory where +# UNIX-style mailboxes are kept. The default setting depends on the +# system type. +# +#mail_spool_directory = /var/mail +#mail_spool_directory = /var/spool/mail + +# The mailbox_command parameter specifies the optional external +# command to use instead of mailbox delivery. The command is run as +# the recipient with proper HOME, SHELL and LOGNAME environment settings. +# Exception: delivery for root is done as $default_user. +# +# Other environment variables of interest: USER (recipient username), +# EXTENSION (address extension), DOMAIN (domain part of address), +# and LOCAL (the address localpart). +# +# Unlike other Postfix configuration parameters, the mailbox_command +# parameter is not subjected to $parameter substitutions. This is to +# make it easier to specify shell syntax (see example below). +# +# Avoid shell meta characters because they will force Postfix to run +# an expensive shell process. Procmail alone is expensive enough. +# +# IF YOU USE THIS TO DELIVER MAIL SYSTEM-WIDE, YOU MUST SET UP AN +# ALIAS THAT FORWARDS MAIL FOR ROOT TO A REAL USER. +# +#mailbox_command = /usr/bin/procmail +#mailbox_command = /some/where/procmail -a "$EXTENSION" + +# The mailbox_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use after processing aliases and .forward files. This parameter +# has precedence over the mailbox_command, fallback_transport and +# luser_relay parameters. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp + +# If using the cyrus-imapd IMAP server deliver local mail to the IMAP +# server using LMTP (Local Mail Transport Protocol), this is prefered +# over the older cyrus deliver program by setting the +# mailbox_transport as below: +# +# mailbox_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +# +# The efficiency of LMTP delivery for cyrus-imapd can be enhanced via +# these settings. +# +# local_destination_recipient_limit = 300 +# local_destination_concurrency_limit = 5 +# +# Of course you should adjust these settings as appropriate for the +# capacity of the hardware you are using. The recipient limit setting +# can be used to take advantage of the single instance message store +# capability of Cyrus. The concurrency limit can be used to control +# how many simultaneous LMTP sessions will be permitted to the Cyrus +# message store. +# +# To use the old cyrus deliver program you have to set: +#mailbox_transport = cyrus + +# The fallback_transport specifies the optional transport in master.cf +# to use for recipients that are not found in the UNIX passwd database. +# This parameter has precedence over the luser_relay parameter. +# +# Specify a string of the form transport:nexthop, where transport is +# the name of a mail delivery transport defined in master.cf. The +# :nexthop part is optional. For more details see the sample transport +# configuration file. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must update the "local_recipient_maps" setting in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#fallback_transport = lmtp:unix:/var/lib/imap/socket/lmtp +#fallback_transport = + +#transport_maps = hash:/etc/postfix/transport +# The luser_relay parameter specifies an optional destination address +# for unknown recipients. By default, mail for unknown@$mydestination, +# unknown@[$inet_interfaces] or unknown@[$proxy_interfaces] is returned +# as undeliverable. +# +# The following expansions are done on luser_relay: $user (recipient +# username), $shell (recipient shell), $home (recipient home directory), +# $recipient (full recipient address), $extension (recipient address +# extension), $domain (recipient domain), $local (entire recipient +# localpart), $recipient_delimiter. Specify ${name?value} or +# ${name:value} to expand value only when $name does (does not) exist. +# +# luser_relay works only for the default Postfix local delivery agent. +# +# NOTE: if you use this feature for accounts not in the UNIX password +# file, then you must specify "local_recipient_maps =" (i.e. empty) in +# the main.cf file, otherwise the SMTP server will reject mail for +# non-UNIX accounts with "User unknown in local recipient table". +# +#luser_relay = $user@other.host +#luser_relay = $local@other.host +#luser_relay = admin+$local + +# JUNK MAIL CONTROLS +# +# The controls listed here are only a very small subset. The file +# SMTPD_ACCESS_README provides an overview. + +# The header_checks parameter specifies an optional table with patterns +# that each logical message header is matched against, including +# headers that span multiple physical lines. +# +# By default, these patterns also apply to MIME headers and to the +# headers of attached messages. With older Postfix versions, MIME and +# attached message headers were treated as body text. +# +# For details, see "man header_checks". +# +header_checks = regexp:/etc/postfix/header_checks + +# FAST ETRN SERVICE +# +# Postfix maintains per-destination logfiles with information about +# deferred mail, so that mail can be flushed quickly with the SMTP +# "ETRN domain.tld" command, or by executing "sendmail -qRdomain.tld". +# See the ETRN_README document for a detailed description. +# +# The fast_flush_domains parameter controls what destinations are +# eligible for this service. By default, they are all domains that +# this server is willing to relay mail to. +# +#fast_flush_domains = $relay_domains + +# SHOW SOFTWARE VERSION OR NOT +# +# The smtpd_banner parameter specifies the text that follows the 220 +# code in the SMTP server's greeting banner. Some people like to see +# the mail version advertised. By default, Postfix shows no version. +# +# You MUST specify $myhostname at the start of the text. That is an +# RFC requirement. Postfix itself does not care. +# +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name +#smtpd_banner = $myhostname ESMTP $mail_name ($mail_version) + +# PARALLEL DELIVERY TO THE SAME DESTINATION +# +# How many parallel deliveries to the same user or domain? With local +# delivery, it does not make sense to do massively parallel delivery +# to the same user, because mailbox updates must happen sequentially, +# and expensive pipelines in .forward files can cause disasters when +# too many are run at the same time. With SMTP deliveries, 10 +# simultaneous connections to the same domain could be sufficient to +# raise eyebrows. +# +# Each message delivery transport has its XXX_destination_concurrency_limit +# parameter. The default is $default_destination_concurrency_limit for +# most delivery transports. For the local delivery agent the default is 2. + +#local_destination_concurrency_limit = 2 +#default_destination_concurrency_limit = 20 + +# DEBUGGING CONTROL +# +# The debug_peer_level parameter specifies the increment in verbose +# logging level when an SMTP client or server host name or address +# matches a pattern in the debug_peer_list parameter. +# +debug_peer_level = 2 + +# The debug_peer_list parameter specifies an optional list of domain +# or network patterns, /file/name patterns or type:name tables. When +# an SMTP client or server host name or address matches a pattern, +# increase the verbose logging level by the amount specified in the +# debug_peer_level parameter. +# +#debug_peer_list = 127.0.0.1 +#debug_peer_list = some.domain + +# The debugger_command specifies the external command that is executed +# when a Postfix daemon program is run with the -D option. +# +# Use "command .. & sleep 5" so that the debugger can attach before +# the process marches on. If you use an X-based debugger, be sure to +# set up your XAUTHORITY environment variable before starting Postfix. +# +debugger_command = + PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin:/usr/X11R6/bin + xxgdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id & sleep 5 + +# If you can't use X, use this to capture the call stack when a +# daemon crashes. The result is in a file in the configuration +# directory, and is named after the process name and the process ID. +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/local/bin; export PATH; (echo cont; +# echo where) | gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name $process_id 2>&1 +# >$config_directory/$process_name.$process_id.log & sleep 5 +# +# Another possibility is to run gdb under a detached screen session. +# To attach to the screen sesssion, su root and run "screen -r +# " where uniquely matches one of the detached +# sessions (from "screen -list"). +# +# debugger_command = +# PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin; export PATH; screen +# -dmS $process_name gdb $daemon_directory/$process_name +# $process_id & sleep 1 + +# INSTALL-TIME CONFIGURATION INFORMATION +# +# The following parameters are used when installing a new Postfix version. +# +# sendmail_path: The full pathname of the Postfix sendmail command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible mail posting interface. +# +sendmail_path = /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix + +# newaliases_path: The full pathname of the Postfix newaliases command. +# This is the Sendmail-compatible command to build alias databases. +# +newaliases_path = /usr/bin/newaliases.postfix + +# mailq_path: The full pathname of the Postfix mailq command. This +# is the Sendmail-compatible mail queue listing command. +# +mailq_path = /usr/bin/mailq.postfix + +# setgid_group: The group for mail submission and queue management +# commands. This must be a group name with a numerical group ID that +# is not shared with other accounts, not even with the Postfix account. +# +setgid_group = postdrop + +# html_directory: The location of the Postfix HTML documentation. +# +html_directory = no + +# manpage_directory: The location of the Postfix on-line manual pages. +# +manpage_directory = /usr/share/man + +# sample_directory: The location of the Postfix sample configuration files. +# This parameter is obsolete as of Postfix 2.1. +# +sample_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/samples + +# readme_directory: The location of the Postfix README files. +# +readme_directory = /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.4.5/README_FILES + +# add this to new postfix to get it to add proper message-id and other +# headers to outgoing emails via the gateway. + + +message_size_limit = 20971520 +#inet_protocols = ipv4 + +non_smtpd_milters = unix:/var/run/pagure/paguresock +smtpd_milters = unix:/var/run/pagure/paguresock diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d6aec2507b --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# +# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format +# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master"). +# +# ========================================================================== +# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args +# (yes) (yes) (yes) (never) (100) +# ========================================================================== +smtp inet n - n - - smtpd +#submission inet n - n - - smtpd +# -o smtpd_enforce_tls=yes +# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes +# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject +#628 inet n - n - - qmqpd +pickup fifo n - n 60 1 pickup +cleanup unix n - n - 0 cleanup +qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 qmgr +#qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 oqmgr +tlsmgr unix - - n 1000? 1 tlsmgr +rewrite unix - - n - - trivial-rewrite +bounce unix - - n - 0 bounce +defer unix - - n - 0 bounce +trace unix - - n - 0 bounce +verify unix - - n - 1 verify +flush unix n - n 1000? 0 flush +proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap +smtp unix - - n - - smtp +# When relaying mail as backup MX, disable fallback_relay to avoid MX loops +relay unix - - n - - smtp + -o fallback_relay= +# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5 +showq unix n - n - - showq +error unix - - n - - error +retry unix - - n - - error +discard unix - - n - - discard +local unix - n n - - local +virtual unix - n n - - virtual +lmtp unix - - n - - lmtp +anvil unix - - n - 1 anvil +scache unix - - n - 1 scache +# +# ==================================================================== +# Interfaces to non-Postfix software. Be sure to examine the manual +# pages of the non-Postfix software to find out what options it wants. +# +# Many of the following services use the Postfix pipe(8) delivery +# agent. See the pipe(8) man page for information about ${recipient} +# and other message envelope options. +# ==================================================================== +# +# maildrop. See the Postfix MAILDROP_README file for details. +# Also specify in main.cf: maildrop_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#maildrop unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=DRhu user=vmail argv=/usr/local/bin/maildrop -d ${recipient} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# The Cyrus deliver program has changed incompatibly, multiple times. +# +#old-cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=R user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Cyrus 2.1.5 (Amos Gouaux) +# Also specify in main.cf: cyrus_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# See the Postfix UUCP_README file for configuration details. +# +#uucp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fqhu user=uucp argv=uux -r -n -z -a$sender - $nexthop!rmail ($recipient) +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Other external delivery methods. +# +#ifmail unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=F user=ftn argv=/usr/lib/ifmail/ifmail -r $nexthop ($recipient) +# +#bsmtp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fq. user=bsmtp argv=/usr/local/sbin/bsmtp -f $sender $nexthop $recipient +# +#scalemail-backend unix - n n - 2 pipe +# flags=R user=scalemail argv=/usr/lib/scalemail/bin/scalemail-store +# ${nexthop} ${user} ${extension} +# +#mailman unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py +# ${nexthop} ${user} + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.gateway b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.gateway new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..32d395cbb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.gateway @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ +# +# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format +# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master"). +# +# ========================================================================== +# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args +# (yes) (yes) (yes) (never) (100) +# ========================================================================== +smtp inet n - n - - smtpd +#submission inet n - n - - smtpd +# -o smtpd_enforce_tls=yes +# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes +# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject +#628 inet n - n - - qmqpd +pickup fifo n - n 60 1 pickup +cleanup unix n - n - 0 cleanup +qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 qmgr +#qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 oqmgr +tlsmgr unix - - n 1000? 1 tlsmgr +rewrite unix - - n - - trivial-rewrite +bounce unix - - n - 0 bounce +defer unix - - n - 0 bounce +trace unix - - n - 0 bounce +verify unix - - n - 1 verify +flush unix n - n 1000? 0 flush +proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap +smtp unix - - n - 300 smtp +# When relaying mail as backup MX, disable fallback_relay to avoid MX loops +relay unix - - n - 300 smtp + -o fallback_relay= +# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5 +showq unix n - n - - showq +error unix - - n - - error +retry unix - - n - - error +discard unix - - n - - discard +local unix - n n - - local +virtual unix - n n - - virtual +lmtp unix - - n - - lmtp +anvil unix - - n - 1 anvil +scache unix - - n - 1 scache +# +# ==================================================================== +# Interfaces to non-Postfix software. Be sure to examine the manual +# pages of the non-Postfix software to find out what options it wants. +# +# Many of the following services use the Postfix pipe(8) delivery +# agent. See the pipe(8) man page for information about ${recipient} +# and other message envelope options. +# ==================================================================== +# +# maildrop. See the Postfix MAILDROP_README file for details. +# Also specify in main.cf: maildrop_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#maildrop unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=DRhu user=vmail argv=/usr/local/bin/maildrop -d ${recipient} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# The Cyrus deliver program has changed incompatibly, multiple times. +# +#old-cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=R user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Cyrus 2.1.5 (Amos Gouaux) +# Also specify in main.cf: cyrus_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# See the Postfix UUCP_README file for configuration details. +# +#uucp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fqhu user=uucp argv=uux -r -n -z -a$sender - $nexthop!rmail ($recipient) +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Other external delivery methods. +# +#ifmail unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=F user=ftn argv=/usr/lib/ifmail/ifmail -r $nexthop ($recipient) +# +#bsmtp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fq. user=bsmtp argv=/usr/local/sbin/bsmtp -f $sender $nexthop $recipient +# +#scalemail-backend unix - n n - 2 pipe +# flags=R user=scalemail argv=/usr/lib/scalemail/bin/scalemail-store +# ${nexthop} ${user} ${extension} +# +#mailman unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py +# ${nexthop} ${user} + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.hosted-lists01 b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.hosted-lists01 new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e505fb55b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.hosted-lists01 @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +# +# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format +# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master"). +# +# ========================================================================== +# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args +# (yes) (yes) (yes) (never) (100) +# ========================================================================== +smtp inet n - n - - smtpd -o content_filter=spamassassin +#submission inet n - n - - smtpd +# -o smtpd_enforce_tls=yes +# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes +# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject +#628 inet n - n - - qmqpd +pickup fifo n - n 60 1 pickup +cleanup unix n - n - 0 cleanup +qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 qmgr +#qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 oqmgr +tlsmgr unix - - n 1000? 1 tlsmgr +rewrite unix - - n - - trivial-rewrite +bounce unix - - n - 0 bounce +defer unix - - n - 0 bounce +trace unix - - n - 0 bounce +verify unix - - n - 1 verify +flush unix n - n 1000? 0 flush +proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap +smtp unix - - n - - smtp +# When relaying mail as backup MX, disable fallback_relay to avoid MX loops +relay unix - - n - - smtp + -o fallback_relay= +# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5 +showq unix n - n - - showq +error unix - - n - - error +retry unix - - n - - error +discard unix - - n - - discard +local unix - n n - - local +virtual unix - n n - - virtual +lmtp unix - - n - - lmtp +anvil unix - - n - 1 anvil +scache unix - - n - 1 scache +# +# ==================================================================== +# Interfaces to non-Postfix software. Be sure to examine the manual +# pages of the non-Postfix software to find out what options it wants. +# +# Many of the following services use the Postfix pipe(8) delivery +# agent. See the pipe(8) man page for information about ${recipient} +# and other message envelope options. +# ==================================================================== +# +# maildrop. See the Postfix MAILDROP_README file for details. +# Also specify in main.cf: maildrop_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#maildrop unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=DRhu user=vmail argv=/usr/local/bin/maildrop -d ${recipient} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# The Cyrus deliver program has changed incompatibly, multiple times. +# +#old-cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=R user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Cyrus 2.1.5 (Amos Gouaux) +# Also specify in main.cf: cyrus_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# See the Postfix UUCP_README file for configuration details. +# +#uucp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fqhu user=uucp argv=uux -r -n -z -a$sender - $nexthop!rmail ($recipient) +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Other external delivery methods. +# +#ifmail unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=F user=ftn argv=/usr/lib/ifmail/ifmail -r $nexthop ($recipient) +# +#bsmtp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fq. user=bsmtp argv=/usr/local/sbin/bsmtp -f $sender $nexthop $recipient +# +#scalemail-backend unix - n n - 2 pipe +# flags=R user=scalemail argv=/usr/lib/scalemail/bin/scalemail-store +# ${nexthop} ${user} ${extension} +# +#mailman unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py +# ${nexthop} ${user} + +spamassassin unix - n n - - pipe user=spammy argv=/usr/bin/spamc -e /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix -oi -f ${sender} ${recipient} diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.mailman b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.mailman new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..3d5a2ddb1d --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.mailman @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +# +# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format +# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master"). +# +# ========================================================================== +# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args +# (yes) (yes) (yes) (never) (100) +# ========================================================================== + +# Mail received from outside: spam checking is enabled. +smtp inet n - n - - smtpd -o content_filter=spamassassin +# Mail received from Mailman: only localhost on the submission port, no spam checking. +localhost:submission inet n - n - - smtpd + +#submission inet n - n - - smtpd +# -o smtpd_enforce_tls=yes +# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes +# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject +#628 inet n - n - - qmqpd +pickup fifo n - n 60 1 pickup +cleanup unix n - n - 0 cleanup +qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 qmgr +#qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 oqmgr +tlsmgr unix - - n 1000? 1 tlsmgr +rewrite unix - - n - - trivial-rewrite +bounce unix - - n - 0 bounce +defer unix - - n - 0 bounce +trace unix - - n - 0 bounce +verify unix - - n - 1 verify +flush unix n - n 1000? 0 flush +proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap +smtp unix - - n - - smtp +# When relaying mail as backup MX, disable fallback_relay to avoid MX loops +relay unix - - n - - smtp + -o fallback_relay= +# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5 +showq unix n - n - - showq +error unix - - n - - error +retry unix - - n - - error +discard unix - - n - - discard +local unix - n n - - local +virtual unix - n n - - virtual +lmtp unix - - n - - lmtp +anvil unix - - n - 1 anvil +scache unix - - n - 1 scache +# +# ==================================================================== +# Interfaces to non-Postfix software. Be sure to examine the manual +# pages of the non-Postfix software to find out what options it wants. +# +# Many of the following services use the Postfix pipe(8) delivery +# agent. See the pipe(8) man page for information about ${recipient} +# and other message envelope options. +# ==================================================================== +# +# maildrop. See the Postfix MAILDROP_README file for details. +# Also specify in main.cf: maildrop_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#maildrop unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=DRhu user=vmail argv=/usr/local/bin/maildrop -d ${recipient} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# The Cyrus deliver program has changed incompatibly, multiple times. +# +#old-cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=R user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Cyrus 2.1.5 (Amos Gouaux) +# Also specify in main.cf: cyrus_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# See the Postfix UUCP_README file for configuration details. +# +#uucp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fqhu user=uucp argv=uux -r -n -z -a$sender - $nexthop!rmail ($recipient) +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Other external delivery methods. +# +#ifmail unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=F user=ftn argv=/usr/lib/ifmail/ifmail -r $nexthop ($recipient) +# +#bsmtp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fq. user=bsmtp argv=/usr/local/sbin/bsmtp -f $sender $nexthop $recipient +# +#scalemail-backend unix - n n - 2 pipe +# flags=R user=scalemail argv=/usr/lib/scalemail/bin/scalemail-store +# ${nexthop} ${user} ${extension} +# +#mailman unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py +# ${nexthop} ${user} + +spamassassin unix - n n - - pipe user=spammy argv=/usr/bin/spamc -e /usr/sbin/sendmail.postfix -oi -f ${sender} ${recipient} diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8131e7dc7f --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/master.cf/master.cf.noc02.fedoraproject.org @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +# +# Postfix master process configuration file. For details on the format +# of the file, see the master(5) manual page (command: "man 5 master"). +# +# ========================================================================== +# service type private unpriv chroot wakeup maxproc command + args +# (yes) (yes) (yes) (never) (100) +# ========================================================================== +smtp inet n - n - - smtpd +#submission inet n - n - - smtpd +# -o smtpd_enforce_tls=yes +# -o smtpd_sasl_auth_enable=yes +# -o smtpd_client_restrictions=permit_sasl_authenticated,reject +#628 inet n - n - - qmqpd +pickup fifo n - n 60 1 pickup +cleanup unix n - n - 0 cleanup +qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 qmgr +#qmgr fifo n - n 300 1 oqmgr +tlsmgr unix - - n 1000? 1 tlsmgr +rewrite unix - - n - - trivial-rewrite +bounce unix - - n - 0 bounce +defer unix - - n - 0 bounce +trace unix - - n - 0 bounce +verify unix - - n - 1 verify +flush unix n - n 1000? 0 flush +proxymap unix - - n - - proxymap +smtp unix - - n - - smtp +smtp-ipv4 unix - - n - - smtp -o inet_protocols=ipv4 +# When relaying mail as backup MX, disable fallback_relay to avoid MX loops +relay unix - - n - - smtp + -o fallback_relay= +# -o smtp_helo_timeout=5 -o smtp_connect_timeout=5 +showq unix n - n - - showq +error unix - - n - - error +retry unix - - n - - error +discard unix - - n - - discard +local unix - n n - - local +virtual unix - n n - - virtual +lmtp unix - - n - - lmtp +anvil unix - - n - 1 anvil +scache unix - - n - 1 scache +# +# ==================================================================== +# Interfaces to non-Postfix software. Be sure to examine the manual +# pages of the non-Postfix software to find out what options it wants. +# +# Many of the following services use the Postfix pipe(8) delivery +# agent. See the pipe(8) man page for information about ${recipient} +# and other message envelope options. +# ==================================================================== +# +# maildrop. See the Postfix MAILDROP_README file for details. +# Also specify in main.cf: maildrop_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#maildrop unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=DRhu user=vmail argv=/usr/local/bin/maildrop -d ${recipient} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# The Cyrus deliver program has changed incompatibly, multiple times. +# +#old-cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=R user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Cyrus 2.1.5 (Amos Gouaux) +# Also specify in main.cf: cyrus_destination_recipient_limit=1 +# +#cyrus unix - n n - - pipe +# user=cyrus argv=/usr/lib/cyrus-imapd/deliver -e -r ${sender} -m ${extension} ${user} +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# See the Postfix UUCP_README file for configuration details. +# +#uucp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fqhu user=uucp argv=uux -r -n -z -a$sender - $nexthop!rmail ($recipient) +# +# ==================================================================== +# +# Other external delivery methods. +# +#ifmail unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=F user=ftn argv=/usr/lib/ifmail/ifmail -r $nexthop ($recipient) +# +#bsmtp unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=Fq. user=bsmtp argv=/usr/local/sbin/bsmtp -f $sender $nexthop $recipient +# +#scalemail-backend unix - n n - 2 pipe +# flags=R user=scalemail argv=/usr/lib/scalemail/bin/scalemail-store +# ${nexthop} ${user} ${extension} +# +#mailman unix - n n - - pipe +# flags=FR user=list argv=/usr/lib/mailman/bin/postfix-to-mailman.py +# ${nexthop} ${user} + diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/tls_policy b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/tls_policy new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..e69de29bb2 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/postfix/transports.gateway b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/transports.gateway new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8d28ff188c --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/postfix/transports.gateway @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# TRANSPORT(5) TRANSPORT(5) +# +# NAME +# transport - Postfix transport table format +# +# SYNOPSIS +# postmap /etc/postfix/transport +# +# postmap -q "string" /etc/postfix/transport +# +# postmap -q - /etc/postfix/transport tx;8bqBc9?sES8IGh;{`QNv%-~6H|ieDB*@u#9Fe)_B^{`2(Ipx-1ekBZ9GXNiyP^K*W$wZUH}PVLHI4zy%mLRIlI+jlKm z)|2PLzf5lNZ!E){hWKxLX3BH;ebSY6G7aU#H`Uy@3{k@Lzt*n|y(h$ob-W*W(;mLF;n~CRpXfI-UdEc`YkV?DG7_Il?)W-}5i$e9jLR&ENT%<9`_Ad5nKK-usvy4jiMO z-oAb_`d`p^G=?Xdundm2(5euStcOXZ=|ToyDpCywB>#9chDS4~T%)vwux)WPhCk1s zbT%k$kwhwLy2#^ynL*X7k1{8x!Fc|O%g!hQ_Vxf0zkV!CqWTOtBLQ@^Z5Gbx5{$Oj z14PDN&p$mXcG2XOy|Ajm3SR0K{TEN4J$*3%R_ogR-;sG&USseBSp4Oa!(w-RZCrT` z6|QxOU|lr~tA+XWm||Fcvr?qWfOHG8az&rqTM^k)&OAtUsA`%DsT&s9mzL+uFsMu&2x?GhFk zHi#Cy>!?I%Ic>M2F(_MsajH@at|{^r8tLD_cWvt^FoM(O#p+W>psI>(g%$QXf(qE6 z6)oqg={$nAplv{^Rf&EI!GUYp+sc?NXzP&zC?Nc?(}b|#I2KopVTGneg1WOM3rxXl zTOu@H!p7MEc+>Kn8*$QT47vuz^$S6JP*A#t;lgBm@%Svj&#cV1?m|ZlJ7WgFa-FGQ zA#>?n9DN&OC1BGU6>!28Yf7C#AH(7dcYlD{9^*T9&zkUyv<^91R?1dJ+huhBNs>T$ z!kcCz4zFQ@*-yOa95@x$sxx6UhR|7w%C#~bg7V;7EOo81g2h&N`zUtA>&W76jYPV_ zB(+ns6js(NsVs7Q+ ziAB+`bRF!(cFojiA7-;z>_+6fEDC=H+cgk$Be5R^b!{uGC+yN`pbqDf#?x9EpPr+l z=1Zs?day3QO079gw4cSvkH#>cqeLLi=K`|onr0g@@~ZU3!s3SWdv1N-eml)3!nzu!7PNH*{v3P@G8ukFai?*(kD;2EA9y)Vv7_P{1Qx zMbqFJYrLa@0VF!A-|~zdW%V=YeLEUMqplH@-3Hk+YNgFRCb&d9?>y3k|4C_smax`0 zQy^z>?lDZEF@By>-QXHc{6fkuaSA^)rJt87;L?#s|F3hZ;*P`#41ybQya|)^J7t?5 zW!qlsu$>+?v(s~$#7e2`9B;79+dV&bfveU%A#=rvWjQ%#F4a%8ajakUB`_a1j`ks= z(U^C#Rt3G#Mu+X=zSsDw3$9T?m-p82BCL?0C0C;N&~h=Cf_R@^MV3hgKe>#l9*dh) zM_GM-ddOK^PA(rjicWpsF14dR5_r|$F|i8;^x(yc7b~$=SFX`k*)k?RXj>90&zWhv z21%FTs6vX&{vjB*LC<9*>R9RJ3VrN*-e2K&)MJ*k@RQ5w^XQuR4mG(Zp&fwTB}?+x zou43TjEJd6xsy z9()xDkBz6{SGFa+)&`f-)9}GHn}G@5l%}f?NNsdG1&e|20jAI@=DQfoFplh_IHw!i z(MY0ac(h4TvmYXn?d7f}NrWvi1WsIWFW(gFMHetH0f*(GL@eZ4<`gGi6Zd=)3}JwG6uCqbr*xC3j5fF=627km+os{`>Pjik# zcqPsiN_@k-yQ_^4k&Ty6A2KPaEJIK8O+z0WJ6EK7aE2eFOAh!&t!ptJbv%TX3VeLl z^%mq>;lv!ySLhZVX^rpI=u?&{F1LDVl{pbVJ+rNVutdG)^s*TEyqC)33Gs;jDsH*o z!?Ty)1|^brLfN1=>UY=M`BwXYm}&3MxxZ>YLd?8>AG~)Byid%0?5ftY ziNO`^0qu)jrF+!<>(hN=iFYnJJ?vd>9uSKhy@B+wck_5ayRGUpiGFG0mAP$YUU`HG j7f{Kj4e5Xv5N}PC$!#|KJ9;2S2Y>iGZuk3-K5%{pUduMK literal 0 HcmV?d00001 diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.te b/roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.te new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a8bf497c24 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/selinux/rsyslog-audit.te @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +module rsyslog-audit 1.0; + +require { + type auditd_log_t; + type syslogd_t; + class file { getattr ioctl open read }; + class dir { getattr search }; +} + +#============= syslogd_t ============== +allow syslogd_t auditd_log_t:dir { getattr search }; +allow syslogd_t auditd_log_t:file { getattr ioctl open read }; diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/setprodps1.sh b/roles/basessh/files/setprodps1.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6bf55a6bff --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/setprodps1.sh @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Set PS1 based on env +# +[[ $- =~ i ]] && PS1="[\u@\h \W]\[$(tput setaf 3)\][PROD]\[$(tput sgr0)\]\\$ \[\]" diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/setstgps1.sh b/roles/basessh/files/setstgps1.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92d02931dc --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/setstgps1.sh @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +# Set PS1 based on env +# +[[ $- =~ i ]] && PS1="[\u@\h \W]\[$(tput setaf 6)\][STG]\[$(tput sgr0)\]\\$ \[\]" diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.7 b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.7 similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.7 rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.7 diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.buildhw b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.buildhw similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.buildhw rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.buildhw diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.default b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.default similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.default rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.default diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.el6 b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.el6 similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.el6 rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.el6 diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.kojibuilder b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.kojibuilder similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.kojibuilder rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.kojibuilder diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.pkgs b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.pkgs similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.pkgs rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.pkgs diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-prod b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-prod similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-prod rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-prod diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-stg b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-stg similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-stg rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.qa-stg diff --git a/roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.releng b/roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.releng similarity index 100% rename from roles/base/files/ssh/sshd_config.releng rename to roles/basessh/files/ssh/sshd_config.releng diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/syncHttpLogs.sh b/roles/basessh/files/syncHttpLogs.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..b51bbedc44 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/syncHttpLogs.sh @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +RSYNC_FLAGS='-az --no-motd' + +function syncHttpLogs { + + # in case we missed a run or two.. try to catch up the last 3 days. + for d in 1 2 3 + do + HOST=$1 + # some machines store stuff in old format. some new. + if [ "$2" = "old" ]; then + YESTERDAY=$(/bin/date -d "-$d days" +%Y-%m-%d) + else + YESTERDAY=$(/bin/date -d "-$d days" +%Y%m%d) + fi + YEAR=$(/bin/date -d "-$d days" +%Y) + MONTH=$(/bin/date -d "-$d days" +%m) + DAY=$(/bin/date -d "-$d days" +%d) + /bin/mkdir -p /var/log/hosts/$HOST/$YEAR/$MONTH/$DAY/http + cd /var/log/hosts/$HOST/$YEAR/$MONTH/$DAY/http/ + + for f in $(/usr/bin/rsync $RSYNC_FLAGS --list-only $HOST::log/httpd/*$YESTERDAY* | awk '{ print $5 }') + do + DEST=$(echo $f | /bin/sed s/-$YESTERDAY//) + /usr/bin/rsync $RSYNC_FLAGS $HOST::log/httpd/$f ./$DEST + done + done +} + +syncHttpLogs proxy01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy02.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy03.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy04.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy05.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy06.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy07.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy08.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy09.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy10.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy11.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy12.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy13.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy14.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs proxy01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fas01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fas02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fas03.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fas01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fedocal01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fedocal02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs fedocal01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs datagrepper01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs datagrepper02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs datagrepper01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs ipsilon01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs ipsilon02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs ask01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs ask02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs ask01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs badges-web01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs badges-web02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs badges-web01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs elections01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs elections02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs elections01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs tagger01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs tagger02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs tagger01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs bodhi03.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs bodhi04.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs bodhi01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs packages03.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs packages04.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs packages03.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs blockerbugs01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs blockerbugs02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs blockerbugs01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs value01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs secondary01 +syncHttpLogs people02.vpn.fedoraproject.org old +syncHttpLogs noc01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs download01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs download02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs download03.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs download04.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs download05.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs download-rdu01.vpn.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs sundries01.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs sundries02.phx2.fedoraproject.org +syncHttpLogs sundries01.stg.phx2.fedoraproject.org +## eof diff --git a/roles/basessh/files/watchdog.conf b/roles/basessh/files/watchdog.conf new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..92254d82f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/files/watchdog.conf @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +watchdog-device = /dev/watchdog +realtime = yes +priority = 1 diff --git a/roles/basessh/handlers/main.yml b/roles/basessh/handlers/main.yml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0c4def4262 --- /dev/null +++ b/roles/basessh/handlers/main.yml @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +--- +- name: restart sshd + service: name=sshd state=restarted diff --git a/roles/base/tasks/sshcerts.yml b/roles/basessh/tasks/main.yml similarity index 72% rename from roles/base/tasks/sshcerts.yml rename to roles/basessh/tasks/main.yml index 2707f7b0bd..20fc6bee18 100644 --- a/roles/base/tasks/sshcerts.yml +++ b/roles/basessh/tasks/main.yml @@ -1,3 +1,44 @@ +--- +- name: check if sshd port is already known by selinux + shell: semanage port -l | grep ssh + register: sshd_selinux_port + check_mode: no + changed_when: false + tags: + - sshd_config + - config + - sshd + - selinux + - base + +- name: allow alternate sshd port + command: semanage port -a -t ssh_port_t -p tcp {{ sshd_port }} + when: sshd_selinux_port.stdout.find('{{ sshd_port }}') == -1 + tags: + - sshd_config + - config + - sshd + - selinux + - base + +- name: sshd_config + copy: src={{ item }} dest=/etc/ssh/sshd_config mode=0600 + with_first_found: + - "{{ sshd_config }}" + - ssh/sshd_config.{{ inventory_hostname }} + - ssh/sshd_config.{{ host_group }} + - ssh/sshd_config.{{ dist_tag }} + - ssh/sshd_config.{{ ansible_distribution }} + - ssh/sshd_config.{{ ansible_distribution_version }} + - ssh/sshd_config.default + notify: + - restart sshd + tags: + - sshd_config + - config + - sshd + - base + - name: Determine SSH keys generated by this machine find: paths=/etc/ssh file_type=file